1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
29 #include "blockinput.h"
30 #include "syssignal.h"
32 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
33 if this is not done before the other system files. */
35 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
37 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
38 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
40 #include <sys/types.h>
43 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
50 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
51 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
54 #include "character.h"
57 #include "dispextern.h"
59 #include "termhooks.h"
62 #include "emacs-icon.h"
67 #include "intervals.h"
73 #include "xsettings.h"
75 #include "sysselect.h"
78 #include <X11/Shell.h>
86 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
91 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
95 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
97 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
98 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
100 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
102 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
103 #if defined USE_MOTIF
104 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
105 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
106 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
109 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
110 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
111 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
112 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
113 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
114 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
115 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
117 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
118 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
119 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
120 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
122 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
126 #ifndef XtNinitialState
127 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
131 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
133 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
137 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
142 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
145 static int any_help_event_p
;
147 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
148 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
150 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
153 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
155 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
156 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
157 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
158 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
160 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
162 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
164 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
166 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
171 } pending_event_wait
;
174 /* The application context for Xt use. */
175 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
176 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
178 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
180 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
181 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
183 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
184 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
185 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
187 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
191 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
192 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
193 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
194 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
196 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
198 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
199 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
200 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
201 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
202 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
203 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
204 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
205 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
206 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
209 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
211 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
212 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
213 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
215 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
217 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
218 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
221 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
222 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
225 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
227 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
228 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
229 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
230 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
231 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
232 it's somewhat accurate. */
234 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
236 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
238 static Time last_user_time
;
240 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
243 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
245 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
247 static int x_noop_count
;
249 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
251 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
252 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
255 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
256 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
258 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
259 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
262 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
263 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
267 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
272 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
273 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
274 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
275 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
277 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
278 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
279 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
281 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
282 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
283 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
284 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
285 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
288 /* Used in x_flush. */
290 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
291 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
292 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
293 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
294 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
295 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
297 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
298 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
299 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
300 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
301 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
302 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
303 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
304 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
305 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
306 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
307 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
308 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
309 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
310 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
311 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
312 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
313 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
314 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
315 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
316 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
317 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
319 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
320 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
321 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
322 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
323 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
324 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
325 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
326 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
327 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
329 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
330 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
331 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
332 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
333 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
334 int *, struct input_event
*);
336 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
338 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
339 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
340 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
341 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
342 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
343 static void x_initialize (void);
346 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
349 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
351 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
352 connection may be broken. */
353 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
359 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
360 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
361 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
362 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
364 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
365 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
370 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
371 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
372 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
373 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
374 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
377 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
380 /***********************************************************************
382 ***********************************************************************/
386 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
387 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
395 struct record event_record
[100];
397 int event_record_index
;
400 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
402 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
403 event_record_index
= 0;
405 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
406 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
407 event_record_index
++;
414 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
416 struct x_display_info
*
417 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
419 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
421 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
422 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
429 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
431 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
432 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
433 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
435 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
439 unsigned int nchildren
;
442 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
449 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
452 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
454 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
455 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
456 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
458 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
462 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
467 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
468 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
469 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
470 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
474 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
476 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
479 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
481 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
483 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
484 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
485 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
486 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
488 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
490 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
491 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
492 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
494 /* return unless necessary */
499 unsigned long n
, left
;
501 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
502 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
503 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
506 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
508 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
518 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
519 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
520 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
525 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
527 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
531 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
533 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
537 /***********************************************************************
538 Starting and ending an update
539 ***********************************************************************/
541 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
542 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
543 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
544 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
545 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
548 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
554 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
555 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
559 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
561 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
562 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
565 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
569 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
571 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
572 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
574 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
576 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
577 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
584 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
587 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
589 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
592 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
594 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
597 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
598 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
601 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
603 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
604 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
606 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
607 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
608 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
610 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
611 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
615 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
617 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
619 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
624 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
626 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
628 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
629 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
634 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
635 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
636 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
638 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
639 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
640 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
643 updated_window
= NULL
;
647 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
651 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
653 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
654 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
658 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
664 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
665 complete update has been performed. The global variable
666 updated_window is not available here. */
669 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
672 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
676 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
677 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
678 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
679 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
680 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
681 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
684 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
686 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
692 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
693 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
695 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
696 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
697 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
698 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
699 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
700 overhead is very small. */
701 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
702 && desired_row
->full_width_p
703 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
704 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
706 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
709 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
712 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
713 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
714 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
715 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
716 y
, width
, height
, False
);
722 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
724 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
725 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
726 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
727 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
728 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
730 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
731 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
735 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
737 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
738 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
739 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
740 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
742 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
744 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
746 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
747 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
748 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
749 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
750 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
751 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
752 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
753 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
755 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
759 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
760 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
761 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
765 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
766 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
767 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
768 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
772 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
774 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
775 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
777 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
782 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
784 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
785 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
787 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
788 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
793 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
794 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
797 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
803 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
804 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
808 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
810 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
812 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
814 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
816 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
817 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
819 face
->background
, depth
);
823 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
824 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
827 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
828 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
829 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
830 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
833 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
834 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
835 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
839 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
840 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
841 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
845 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
850 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
851 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
852 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
856 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
860 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
861 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
864 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
869 /***********************************************************************
871 ***********************************************************************/
875 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
876 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
877 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
879 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
880 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
881 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
882 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
883 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
884 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
885 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
886 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
887 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
888 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
889 unsigned long *, double, int);
890 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
891 double, int, unsigned long);
892 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
893 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
894 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
895 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
896 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
897 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
899 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
900 int, int, int, int, int, int,
902 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
903 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
904 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
907 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
911 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
915 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
917 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
918 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
919 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
921 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
924 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
928 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
929 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
931 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
932 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
933 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
934 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
935 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
936 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
937 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
939 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
940 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
941 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
943 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
944 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
947 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
948 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
949 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
951 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
952 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
955 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
956 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
958 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
963 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
966 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
971 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
972 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
973 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
975 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
977 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
978 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
980 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
981 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
982 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
984 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
988 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
993 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
994 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
995 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
996 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
998 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
999 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1002 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1003 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1005 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1008 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1012 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1013 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1014 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1017 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1019 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1023 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1024 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1028 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1030 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1032 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1034 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1035 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1037 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1039 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1040 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1042 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1044 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1047 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1049 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1050 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1052 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1053 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1055 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1056 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1060 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1061 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1064 /* GC must have been set. */
1065 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1069 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1070 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1073 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1075 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1076 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1079 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1084 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1085 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1089 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1094 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1096 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1099 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1104 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1107 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1110 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1111 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1113 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1115 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1117 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1118 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1121 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1122 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1123 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1127 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1129 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1131 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1132 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1133 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1137 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1138 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1143 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1146 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1149 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1150 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1151 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1152 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1156 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1157 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1158 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1159 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1160 contains the first component of a composition. */
1163 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1165 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1166 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1167 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1169 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1173 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1174 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1175 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1176 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1177 s
->background_width
,
1178 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1179 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1180 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1182 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1183 || s
->font_not_found_p
1184 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1187 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1188 s
->background_width
,
1189 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1190 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1196 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1199 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1203 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1204 of S to the right of that box line. */
1205 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1206 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1207 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1211 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1213 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1215 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1217 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1218 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1219 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1221 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1226 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1227 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1230 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1231 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1233 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1235 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1236 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1238 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1239 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1240 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1244 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1247 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1250 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1252 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1253 of S to the right of that box line. */
1254 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1255 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1256 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1260 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1261 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1262 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1263 this composition. */
1265 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1266 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1267 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1269 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1270 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1271 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1273 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1277 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1278 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1279 space on the left or right. */
1280 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1282 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1283 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1285 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1286 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1287 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1292 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1297 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1299 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1300 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1301 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1304 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1308 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1309 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1310 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1313 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1314 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1315 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1316 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1317 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1318 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1326 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1327 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1328 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1334 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1337 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1339 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1343 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1344 of S to the right of that box line. */
1345 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1346 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1347 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1353 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1355 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1356 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1358 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1361 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1362 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1366 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1367 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1368 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1369 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1370 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1371 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1374 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1376 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1377 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1378 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1384 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1387 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1388 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1390 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1391 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1393 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1394 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1395 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1397 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1398 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1399 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1402 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1403 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1404 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1405 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1406 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1407 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1411 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1413 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1414 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1415 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1416 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1420 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1421 cannot be determined. */
1423 static struct frame
*
1424 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1426 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1427 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1430 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1432 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1433 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1434 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1435 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1436 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1437 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1439 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1440 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1441 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1445 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1446 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1447 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1453 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1454 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1455 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1456 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1457 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1458 Value is true if successful. */
1461 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1462 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1464 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1465 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1468 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1471 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1472 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1474 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1476 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1478 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1483 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1484 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1486 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1489 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1491 DPY is the display we are working on.
1493 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1494 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1495 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1496 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1498 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1499 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1501 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1502 we allocated the color or not.
1504 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1507 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1508 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1509 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1519 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1520 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1522 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1526 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1527 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1528 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1530 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1532 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1533 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1535 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1537 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1538 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1540 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1541 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1543 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1544 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1549 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1551 params
[0] = color_name
;
1552 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1553 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1554 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1559 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1561 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1563 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1567 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1571 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1572 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1575 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1580 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1581 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1582 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1584 APP is the application context in which we work.
1586 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1587 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1588 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1590 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1593 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1598 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1600 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1603 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1605 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1606 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1607 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1608 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1609 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1614 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1617 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1618 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1619 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1620 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1622 static const XColor
*
1623 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1625 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1627 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1629 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1630 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1633 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1634 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1635 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1637 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1638 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1640 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1641 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1644 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1645 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1649 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1650 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1653 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1655 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1657 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1660 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1662 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1663 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1664 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1665 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1669 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1673 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1674 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1677 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1679 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1683 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1684 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1685 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1689 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1693 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1696 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1697 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1698 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1699 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1701 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1702 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1703 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1705 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1707 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1709 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1710 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1711 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1712 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1714 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1717 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1721 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1722 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1723 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1724 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1728 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1729 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1730 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1731 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1732 XColor
*cached_color
;
1734 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1735 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1736 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1737 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1738 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1740 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1741 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1742 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1746 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1748 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1749 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1755 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1756 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1757 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1761 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1763 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1764 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1768 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1769 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1770 get color reference counts right. */
1773 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1777 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1779 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1780 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1782 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1783 register_color (pixel
);
1789 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1792 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1793 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1794 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1795 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1796 use an additional additive factor.
1798 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1799 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1800 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1803 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1804 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1805 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1806 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1807 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1808 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1811 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1817 /* Get RGB color values. */
1818 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1819 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1821 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1822 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1823 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1824 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1825 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1827 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1828 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1830 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1831 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1832 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1833 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1834 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1836 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1837 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1838 /* The additive adjustment. */
1839 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1843 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1844 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1845 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1849 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1850 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1851 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1855 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1856 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1859 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1861 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1862 delta to the RGB values. */
1863 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1865 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1866 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1867 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1868 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1879 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1880 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1881 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1882 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1883 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1884 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1887 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1890 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1891 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1892 unsigned long pixel
;
1893 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1894 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1895 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1896 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1898 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1899 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1901 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1902 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1903 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1905 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1907 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1908 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1911 /* Allocate new color. */
1912 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1914 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1915 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1917 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1918 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1921 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1923 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1925 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1928 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1932 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1935 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1937 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1938 unsigned long color
;
1940 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1941 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1942 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1944 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1945 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1950 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1951 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1952 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1955 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1956 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1958 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1959 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1960 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1961 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1962 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1967 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1968 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1969 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1970 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1971 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1972 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1976 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1977 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1978 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1979 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1981 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1982 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1987 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1989 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1990 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1992 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1993 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1994 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2001 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2002 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2003 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2005 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2006 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2007 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2008 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2015 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2017 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2018 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2020 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2021 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2022 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2023 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2026 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2028 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2030 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2031 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2035 /* Outermost top line. */
2037 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2038 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2039 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2041 /* Outermost left line. */
2043 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2049 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2050 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2051 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2052 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2053 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2054 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2055 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2061 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2062 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2063 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2064 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2065 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2066 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2069 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2073 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2074 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2075 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2076 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2077 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2078 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2081 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2082 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2083 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2087 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2088 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2089 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2092 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2093 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2097 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2098 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2101 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2102 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2106 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2107 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2109 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2110 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2114 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2117 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2119 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2120 int left_p
, right_p
;
2121 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2122 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2124 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2125 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2126 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2128 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2129 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2131 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2133 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2134 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2136 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2138 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2140 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2142 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2143 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2145 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2146 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2147 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2149 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2151 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2153 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2154 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2155 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2158 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2159 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2160 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2165 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2168 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2171 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2173 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2174 right of that line. */
2175 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2176 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2178 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2180 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2182 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2183 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2184 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2185 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2191 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2192 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2193 trust on the shape extension to be available
2194 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2196 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2199 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2201 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2202 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2203 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2204 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2205 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2207 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2210 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2211 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2212 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2213 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2214 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2215 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2219 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2221 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2224 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2225 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2226 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2227 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2228 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2229 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2231 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2232 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2233 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2234 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2235 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2236 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2237 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2239 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2240 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2241 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2242 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2243 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2248 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2249 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2250 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2254 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2257 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2259 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2262 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2264 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2265 right of that line. */
2266 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2267 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2269 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2271 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2273 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2274 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2275 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2276 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2278 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2279 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2281 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2282 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2286 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2287 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2290 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2291 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2292 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2294 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2295 x
-= thick
, left_p
= 1;
2296 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2297 y
-= thick
, top_p
= 1;
2298 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2299 x1
+= thick
, right_p
= 1;
2300 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2301 y1
+= thick
, bot_p
= 1;
2303 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2304 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2305 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2306 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2310 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2313 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2316 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2318 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2319 right of that line. */
2320 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2321 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2323 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2325 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2327 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2328 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2329 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2330 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2336 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2337 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2338 trust on the shape extension to be available
2339 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2341 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2345 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2346 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2347 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2348 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2349 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2351 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2352 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2353 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2354 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2358 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2359 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2360 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2362 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2363 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2364 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2365 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2366 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2367 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2368 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2370 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2371 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2372 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2373 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2378 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2379 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2380 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2384 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2385 give the rectangle to draw. */
2388 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2392 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2393 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2394 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2395 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2398 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2402 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2405 s->x +-------------------------
2408 | +-------------------------
2411 | | +-------------------
2417 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2419 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2420 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2422 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2425 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2426 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2427 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2428 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2430 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2431 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2433 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2434 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2438 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2439 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2443 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2444 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2445 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2446 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2447 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2449 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2450 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2451 s
->background_width
,
2454 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2456 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2458 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2461 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2462 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2463 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2464 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2465 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2466 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2467 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2472 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2474 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2475 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2476 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2477 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2485 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2487 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2489 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2490 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2492 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2495 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2498 /* Draw the foreground. */
2501 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2502 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2503 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2504 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2505 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2508 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2510 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2512 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2513 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2514 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2518 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2521 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2523 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2525 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2526 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2528 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2529 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2530 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2533 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2535 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2539 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2545 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2547 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2549 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2550 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2551 x
+= background_width
;
2553 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2554 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2558 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2560 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2561 if (width
< background_width
)
2564 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2568 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2572 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2573 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2575 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2581 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2582 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2584 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2586 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2587 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2588 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2589 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2594 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2595 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2596 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2597 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2601 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2603 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2604 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2606 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2607 except for header line and mode line. */
2608 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2610 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2613 if (background_width
> 0)
2614 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2617 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2621 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2627 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2632 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2634 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2635 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2636 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2639 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2641 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2645 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2647 wave_clip
= (XRectangle
){ x0
, y0
, width
, wave_height
};
2648 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2650 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2653 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2655 /* Draw the waves */
2657 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2667 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2672 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2674 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2678 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2679 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2683 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2686 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2688 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2690 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2691 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2692 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2693 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2696 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2698 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2699 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2700 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2701 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2703 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2704 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2705 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2706 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2708 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2709 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2713 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2714 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2716 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2717 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2718 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2719 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2720 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2721 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2724 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2725 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2726 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2727 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2730 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2732 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2733 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2734 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2735 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2736 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2737 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2739 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2741 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2744 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2748 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2752 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2753 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2755 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2756 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2759 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2760 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2761 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2762 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2764 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2765 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2768 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2769 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2770 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2772 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2773 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2780 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2782 /* Draw underline. */
2783 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2785 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2787 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2788 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2792 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2793 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2794 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2795 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2798 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2800 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2803 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2804 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2806 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2807 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2808 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2812 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2813 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2814 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2817 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2818 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2821 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2822 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2823 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2824 specs, and its default is
2826 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2827 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2829 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2830 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2831 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2833 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2835 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2837 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2839 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2840 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2841 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2842 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2843 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2844 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2845 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2846 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2847 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2848 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2849 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2850 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2854 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2855 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2856 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2857 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2858 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2862 /* Draw overline. */
2863 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2865 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2867 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2868 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2873 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2874 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2875 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2877 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2881 /* Draw strike-through. */
2882 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2884 unsigned long h
= 1;
2885 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2887 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2888 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2893 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2894 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2895 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2897 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2901 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2902 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2903 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2907 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2909 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2910 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2911 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2913 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2914 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2915 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2918 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2919 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2920 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2921 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2923 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2924 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2926 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2932 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2934 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2935 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2936 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2938 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2939 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2940 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2943 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2944 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2945 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2946 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2948 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2949 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2951 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2952 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2957 /* Reset clipping. */
2958 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2962 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2965 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2967 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2968 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2969 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2973 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2977 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2983 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2984 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2987 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2989 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2990 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2994 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2997 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2999 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3001 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3002 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
3003 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
3005 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
3006 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
3009 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
3011 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3012 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3013 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3015 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3016 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3017 redisplay, do it here. */
3018 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3019 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3022 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3029 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3032 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3038 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3039 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3040 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3042 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3043 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3044 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3045 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3047 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3051 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3054 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3055 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3056 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3057 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3058 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3059 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3060 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3061 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3062 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3065 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3066 pixels into background pixels. */
3070 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3071 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3072 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3074 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3075 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3079 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3080 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3081 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3082 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3083 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3084 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3085 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3089 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3090 edge it is next to. */
3091 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3093 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3094 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3097 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3098 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3105 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3107 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3108 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3110 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3112 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3113 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3114 width
, flash_height
);
3115 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3117 (height
- flash_height
3118 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3119 width
, flash_height
);
3123 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3124 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3125 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3126 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3131 EMACS_TIME delay
= make_emacs_time (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3132 EMACS_TIME wakeup
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), delay
);
3134 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3136 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3138 EMACS_TIME current
= current_emacs_time ();
3141 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3142 if (EMACS_TIME_LE (wakeup
, current
))
3145 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3146 timeout
= make_emacs_time (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3148 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3149 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3153 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3154 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3156 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3158 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3159 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3160 width
, flash_height
);
3161 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3163 (height
- flash_height
3164 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3165 width
, flash_height
);
3168 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3169 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3170 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3171 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3177 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3179 #undef XFillRectangle
3181 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3192 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3197 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3198 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3199 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3202 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3203 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3204 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3209 /* Make audible bell. */
3212 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3214 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3221 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3222 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3229 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3230 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3231 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3232 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3235 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3237 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3242 /***********************************************************************
3244 ***********************************************************************/
3246 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3247 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3250 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3256 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3259 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3261 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3262 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3264 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3265 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3267 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3269 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3270 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3271 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3272 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3273 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3274 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3275 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3276 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3278 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3282 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3283 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3284 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3286 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3288 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3289 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3291 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3292 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3297 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3298 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3299 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3303 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3304 line at the bottom. */
3305 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3306 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3308 height
= run
->height
;
3312 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3314 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3315 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3317 height
= run
->height
;
3322 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3326 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3327 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3328 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3338 /***********************************************************************
3340 ***********************************************************************/
3344 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3346 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3347 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3348 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3349 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3351 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3352 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3353 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3354 because of this (bug#9310). */
3355 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3356 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3357 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3358 x_uncatch_errors ();
3360 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3361 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3365 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3367 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3368 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3369 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3370 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3372 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3373 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3374 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3375 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3376 x_uncatch_errors ();
3378 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3379 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3382 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3383 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3384 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3385 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3386 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3389 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3391 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3393 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3395 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3396 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3397 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3399 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3400 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3402 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3403 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3405 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3408 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3411 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3412 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3413 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3416 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3418 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3420 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3422 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3423 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3425 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3426 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3427 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3428 if ((NILP (Vterminal_frame
) || EQ (Fdaemonp(), Qt
))
3429 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3430 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3432 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3433 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3437 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3440 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3441 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3444 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3446 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3448 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3450 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3451 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3455 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3456 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3458 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3459 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3463 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3464 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3466 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3469 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3471 struct frame
*frame
;
3473 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3477 switch (event
->type
)
3482 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3484 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3486 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3487 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3488 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3489 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3491 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3497 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3498 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3499 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3500 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3504 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3506 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3507 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3508 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3515 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3516 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3519 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3521 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3525 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3526 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3527 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3529 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3530 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3531 the appropriate X display info. */
3534 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3536 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3540 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3542 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3544 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3546 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3547 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3548 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3549 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3550 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3552 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3553 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3557 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3559 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3562 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3563 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3564 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3570 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3572 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3574 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3576 int min_code
, max_code
;
3579 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3581 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3582 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3583 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3584 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3585 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3587 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3589 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3590 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3592 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3594 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3595 Alt keysyms are on. */
3597 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3598 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3600 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3602 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3603 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3605 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3607 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3611 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3615 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3617 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3623 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3624 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3629 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3630 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3635 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3636 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3637 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3638 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3643 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3644 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3645 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3646 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3650 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3651 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3652 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3653 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3654 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3663 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3664 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3666 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3667 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3670 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3671 make them just meta, not alt. */
3672 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3674 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3678 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3681 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3685 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3687 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3688 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3689 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3690 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3693 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3694 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3695 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3696 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3697 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3698 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3699 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3700 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3702 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3703 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3704 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3705 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3706 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3707 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3711 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3713 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3714 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3715 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3716 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3720 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3721 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3722 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3723 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3724 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3725 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3726 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3727 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3730 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3731 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3732 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3733 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3734 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3735 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3738 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3741 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3746 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3754 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3756 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3758 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3762 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3764 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3766 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3767 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3768 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3769 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3771 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3775 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3776 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3777 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3783 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3784 The input handler calls this.
3786 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3787 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3788 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3789 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3791 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3792 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3795 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3797 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3798 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3799 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3801 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3804 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3806 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3807 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3808 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3809 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3814 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3815 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3816 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3817 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3818 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3819 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3821 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3822 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3823 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3824 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3825 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3826 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3834 /************************************************************************
3836 ************************************************************************/
3839 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3841 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3842 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3843 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3844 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3845 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3850 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3851 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3853 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3854 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3855 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3856 position on the scroll bar.
3858 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3859 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3862 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3863 was at this position.
3865 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3867 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3871 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3872 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3879 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3880 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3886 Window dummy_window
;
3889 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3891 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3892 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3893 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3894 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3895 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3897 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3899 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3900 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3901 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3903 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3906 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3907 a different screen. */
3910 /* The position on that root window. */
3913 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3916 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3918 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3920 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3921 containing the pointer. */
3925 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3929 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3930 structure is changing at the same time this function
3931 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3933 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3935 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3936 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3938 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3939 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3940 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3942 /* From-window, to-window. */
3943 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3945 /* From-position, to-position. */
3946 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3950 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3956 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3958 /* From-window, to-window. */
3961 /* From-position, to-position. */
3962 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3967 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3970 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3971 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3972 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3973 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3974 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3982 /* Now we know that:
3983 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3984 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3985 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3986 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3987 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3988 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3989 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3990 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3991 never use them in that case.) */
3994 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3995 want the edit window. */
3996 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3998 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3999 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4002 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4003 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4006 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4007 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4009 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4012 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4015 x_uncatch_errors ();
4017 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4020 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4022 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4026 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4032 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4033 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4037 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4038 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4039 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4040 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4041 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4042 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4043 the frame are divided into. */
4045 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4046 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4051 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4052 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4053 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4063 /***********************************************************************
4065 ***********************************************************************/
4067 /* Scroll bar support. */
4069 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4071 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4074 static struct scroll_bar
*
4075 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4077 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4079 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4080 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4081 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4083 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4085 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4087 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4090 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4092 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4093 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4094 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4095 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4096 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4099 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4100 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4101 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4102 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4109 #if defined USE_LUCID
4111 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4112 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4115 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4117 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4119 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4120 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4122 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4124 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4130 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4133 /************************************************************************
4135 ************************************************************************/
4137 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4139 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4140 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4141 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4142 struct scroll_bar
*);
4143 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4147 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4148 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4150 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4152 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4154 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4156 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4157 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4160 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4162 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4164 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4166 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4167 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4168 to avoid jerkiness. */
4170 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4172 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4173 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4174 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4175 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4178 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4179 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4182 const char *end_action
;
4185 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4186 end_action
= "Release";
4187 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4188 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4189 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4190 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4193 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4194 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4198 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4199 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4200 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4202 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4204 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4205 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4206 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4208 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4209 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4211 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4212 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4215 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4217 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4218 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4220 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4221 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4224 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4225 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4226 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4227 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4230 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4233 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4234 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4235 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4240 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4241 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4242 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4243 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4244 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4247 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4248 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4249 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4250 into that array in the event. */
4251 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4252 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4255 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4257 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4258 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4260 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4261 scroll_bar_windows
=
4262 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4263 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4264 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4265 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4268 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4269 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4270 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4271 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4272 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4273 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4275 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4276 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4277 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4278 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4281 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4282 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4283 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4284 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4289 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4293 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4295 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4299 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4300 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4302 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4304 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4305 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4308 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4311 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4313 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4314 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4315 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4316 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4317 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4323 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4325 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4328 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4329 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4330 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4333 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4335 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4336 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4337 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4341 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4342 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4343 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4346 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4347 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4348 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4351 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4352 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4353 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4356 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4357 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4358 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4362 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4363 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4366 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4367 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4368 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4375 /* Get the slider size. */
4377 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4380 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4381 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4382 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4383 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4387 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4393 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4394 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4395 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4399 #elif defined USE_GTK
4401 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4402 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4405 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4406 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4410 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4412 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4413 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4414 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4416 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4417 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4422 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4423 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4424 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4425 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4427 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4428 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4429 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4430 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4431 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4434 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4435 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4436 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4438 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4439 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4440 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4442 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4443 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4444 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4446 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4447 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4448 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4454 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4455 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4456 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4462 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4465 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4466 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4469 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4470 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4471 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4473 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4474 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4475 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4482 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4484 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4485 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4486 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4490 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4492 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4493 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4495 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4498 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4500 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4504 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4506 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4507 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4508 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4509 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4510 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4512 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4514 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4516 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4517 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4518 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4519 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4523 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4524 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4525 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4526 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4527 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4528 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4529 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4532 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4534 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4535 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4536 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4540 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4542 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4545 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4546 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4548 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4549 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4550 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4551 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4553 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4555 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4556 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4557 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4558 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4561 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4563 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4565 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4566 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4570 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4572 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4575 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4576 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4581 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4584 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4590 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4591 unsigned long pixel
;
4596 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4597 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4598 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4599 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4600 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4601 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4602 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4603 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4605 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4608 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4612 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4615 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4619 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4620 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4622 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4623 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4625 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4627 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4629 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4631 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4633 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4635 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4638 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4639 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4641 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4642 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4643 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4644 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4646 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4648 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4649 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4650 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4651 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4652 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4653 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4654 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4655 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4657 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4660 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4664 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4667 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4671 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4673 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4674 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4676 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4679 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4680 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4681 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4683 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4686 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4688 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4691 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4692 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4693 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4695 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4699 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4700 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4701 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4702 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4703 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4704 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4705 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4708 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4709 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4713 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4714 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4715 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4717 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4719 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4722 /* Specify the colors. */
4723 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4726 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4729 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4732 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4738 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4739 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4742 char const *initial
= "";
4743 char const *val
= initial
;
4744 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4745 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4746 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4748 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4749 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4750 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4751 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4752 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4753 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4757 /* Define callbacks. */
4758 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4759 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4762 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4763 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4765 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4767 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4768 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4769 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4770 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4772 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4773 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4774 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4775 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4779 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4782 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4783 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4787 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4789 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4792 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4794 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4797 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4798 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4805 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4807 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4808 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4809 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4810 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4811 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4812 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4813 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4814 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4815 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4816 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4817 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4818 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4819 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4820 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4828 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4829 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4832 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4836 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4837 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4839 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4841 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4842 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4843 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4845 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4847 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4853 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4854 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4858 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4860 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4861 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4862 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4866 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4867 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4868 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4871 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4872 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4874 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4875 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4876 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4877 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4879 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4880 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4883 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4884 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4885 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4887 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4891 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4895 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4897 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4901 /************************************************************************
4902 Scroll bars, general
4903 ************************************************************************/
4905 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4906 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4907 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4910 static struct scroll_bar
*
4911 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4913 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4914 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4915 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4920 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4921 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4922 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4924 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4928 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4929 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4930 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4932 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4933 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4935 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4937 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4939 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4940 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4941 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4942 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4943 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4945 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4947 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4948 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4949 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4951 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4953 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4960 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4962 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4964 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4968 bar
->height
= height
;
4971 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4972 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4974 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4975 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4977 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
4978 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
4979 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4980 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4982 /* Map the window/widget. */
4983 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4986 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4989 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4990 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4992 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4993 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4994 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4995 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4997 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4998 max (height
, 1), 0);
4999 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5000 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5002 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5003 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5004 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5011 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5013 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5015 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5016 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5017 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5020 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5021 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5022 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5023 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5024 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5027 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5029 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5030 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5031 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5032 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5034 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5036 && start
== bar
->start
5043 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5044 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5045 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5047 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5048 the distance between start and end. */
5050 int length
= end
- start
;
5054 else if (start
> top_range
)
5056 end
= start
+ length
;
5060 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5064 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5068 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5069 if (end
> top_range
)
5072 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5073 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5074 that many pixels tall. */
5075 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5077 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5078 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5080 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5081 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5082 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5083 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5084 inside_width
, start
,
5087 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5088 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5089 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5090 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5092 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5093 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5094 /* x, y, width, height */
5095 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5096 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5097 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5099 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5100 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5101 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5102 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5104 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5105 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5106 if (end
< inside_height
)
5107 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5108 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5109 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5110 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5111 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5119 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5121 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5125 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5127 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5130 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5132 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5133 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5134 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5135 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5137 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5140 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5141 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5147 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5148 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5149 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5153 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5155 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5157 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5158 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5159 int window_y
, window_height
;
5160 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5161 int fringe_extended_p
;
5164 /* Get window dimensions. */
5165 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5167 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5168 height
= window_height
;
5170 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5171 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5173 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5174 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5175 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5176 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5180 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5181 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5182 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5183 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5185 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5187 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5188 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5193 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5194 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5195 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5196 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5197 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5198 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5200 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5201 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5202 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5203 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5206 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5207 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5209 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5212 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5213 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5214 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5215 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5218 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5219 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5223 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5227 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5228 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5230 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5234 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5236 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5238 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5240 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5243 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5245 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5246 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5248 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5249 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5250 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5252 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5253 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5254 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5256 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5257 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5260 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5263 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5264 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5266 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5267 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5268 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5270 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5271 max (height
, 1), 0);
5272 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5274 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5276 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5277 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5278 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5280 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5281 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5283 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5284 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5285 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5289 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5290 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5291 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5294 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5295 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5296 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5298 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5299 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5300 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5301 rest
, height
, False
);
5303 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5304 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5308 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5313 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5315 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5317 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5321 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5323 /* Remember new settings. */
5324 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5326 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5327 bar
->height
= height
;
5332 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5333 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5335 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5336 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5337 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5339 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5341 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5344 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5347 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5348 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5349 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5352 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5354 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5355 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5359 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5360 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5361 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5362 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5363 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5364 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5365 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5367 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5368 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5369 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5372 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5374 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5375 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5378 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5379 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5380 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5381 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5382 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5383 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5384 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5389 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5390 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5393 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5395 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5399 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5400 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5403 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5405 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5406 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5407 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5409 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5411 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5412 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5414 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5415 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5416 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5418 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5419 one or the other! */
5423 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5425 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5426 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5428 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5430 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5431 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5432 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5433 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5436 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5437 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5440 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5442 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5444 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5446 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5447 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5448 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5450 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5452 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5454 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5457 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5460 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5461 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5465 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5466 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5467 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5469 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5473 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5475 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5476 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5477 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5478 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5482 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5484 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5485 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5486 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5487 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5489 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5490 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5492 /* x, y, width, height */
5494 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5497 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5498 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5499 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5500 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5505 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5507 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5508 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5510 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5515 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5517 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5520 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5521 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5522 emacs_event
->modifiers
5523 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5524 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5525 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5526 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5529 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5530 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5531 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5534 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5535 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5538 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5541 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5542 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5543 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5545 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5547 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5548 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5549 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5550 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5552 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5553 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5555 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5556 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5560 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5561 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5565 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5567 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5569 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5573 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5575 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5577 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5580 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5582 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5583 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5585 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5586 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5588 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5590 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5592 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5597 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5599 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5600 on the scroll bar. */
5603 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5604 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5605 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5607 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5608 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5609 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5611 Window dummy_window
;
5613 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5617 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5619 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5621 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5622 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5623 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5625 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5628 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5634 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5636 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5638 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5639 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5643 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5647 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5649 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5650 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5651 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5652 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5653 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5654 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5656 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5658 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5659 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5662 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5665 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5671 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5672 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5673 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5677 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5679 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5682 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5683 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5684 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5685 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5686 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5687 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5688 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5689 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5691 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5695 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5697 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5698 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5699 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5700 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5702 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5703 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5705 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5707 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5708 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5710 static int temp_index
;
5711 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5713 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5714 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5716 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5718 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5719 on a particular display. */
5721 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5723 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5724 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5725 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5726 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5728 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5730 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5731 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5734 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5735 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = \
5736 xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5737 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5738 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5739 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5751 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5752 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5753 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5755 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5757 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5761 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5763 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5764 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5765 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5768 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5769 event
->xclient
.window
);
5771 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5776 static int current_count
;
5777 static int current_finish
;
5778 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5780 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5781 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5782 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5783 static GdkFilterReturn
5784 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5786 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5789 if (current_count
>= 0)
5791 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5793 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5796 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5797 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5798 so we do it here. */
5799 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5801 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5804 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5809 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5812 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5816 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5820 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5821 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5823 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5825 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5828 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5829 enum xembed_message
,
5830 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5832 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5834 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5835 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5836 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5838 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5841 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5842 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5845 struct input_event ie
;
5846 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5850 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5851 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5852 struct coding_system coding
;
5853 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5854 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5857 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5859 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5860 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5863 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5864 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5870 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5871 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5872 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5874 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5875 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5877 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5878 could be the shell widget window
5879 if the frame has no title bar. */
5880 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5882 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5883 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5884 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5886 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5887 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5888 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5889 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5890 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5893 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5894 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5895 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5896 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5899 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5900 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5901 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5904 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5905 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5906 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5908 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5909 /* The ICCCM says this is
5910 the only valid choice. */
5912 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5913 /* This is needed to detect the error
5914 if there is an error. */
5916 x_uncatch_errors ();
5918 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5923 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5924 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5926 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5927 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5928 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5929 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5930 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5931 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5932 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5933 session manager and one for this. */
5935 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5938 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5939 event
.xclient
.window
);
5940 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5941 for a single Emacs process. */
5942 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5943 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5944 event
.xclient
.window
,
5945 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5947 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5948 event
.xclient
.window
,
5954 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5955 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5957 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5958 event
.xclient
.window
);
5960 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5962 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5963 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5970 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5971 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5976 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5977 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5980 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5982 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5983 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5987 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5994 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5995 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5997 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5999 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6003 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6005 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6006 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6007 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6008 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6010 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6011 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6012 currently never do because we are interested in
6013 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6014 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6015 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6018 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6019 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6023 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6024 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6025 we construct an input_event. */
6026 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6027 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6029 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6030 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6033 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6035 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6036 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6037 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6039 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6040 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6041 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6043 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6047 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6049 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6052 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6053 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6057 case SelectionNotify
:
6058 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6059 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6060 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6062 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6063 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6066 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6067 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6068 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6069 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6071 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6073 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6075 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6076 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6077 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6078 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6082 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6083 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6084 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6085 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6087 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6089 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6091 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6092 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6093 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6094 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6095 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6096 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6097 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6101 case PropertyNotify
:
6102 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6103 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6104 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6105 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
) && f
->iconified
6106 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6108 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed. It hides
6109 the frame. So if our state says we aren't hidden anymore,
6110 treat it as deiconified. */
6111 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6112 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6113 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6114 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6115 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6116 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6117 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6118 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6121 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6122 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6125 case ReparentNotify
:
6126 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6130 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6131 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6135 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6136 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6137 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6139 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6144 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6148 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6149 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6150 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6151 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6152 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6155 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6157 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6158 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6159 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6160 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6164 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6165 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6169 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6170 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6172 #if defined USE_LUCID
6173 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6174 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6175 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6178 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6180 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6182 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6184 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6185 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6187 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6188 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6189 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6192 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6193 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6196 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6197 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6201 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6202 source area was obscured or not
6204 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6208 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6209 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6210 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6212 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6215 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6218 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6219 source area was completely
6224 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6225 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6228 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6231 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6232 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6233 the frame was deleted. */
6235 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6236 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6237 display that won't ever be seen. */
6238 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6239 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6240 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6241 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6242 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6243 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6244 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6245 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6247 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6249 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6250 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6256 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6257 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6258 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6261 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6262 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6263 frame is visible. */
6264 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6267 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6268 the frame's display structures.
6269 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6270 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6271 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6272 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6273 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6274 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6276 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6277 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6278 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6279 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6281 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6282 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6283 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6287 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6288 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6290 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6291 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6292 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6293 to update the frame titles
6294 in case this is the second frame. */
6295 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6298 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6305 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6306 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6308 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6309 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6310 if (popup_activated ())
6314 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6316 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6317 mouse highlighting. */
6318 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6320 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6322 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6323 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6326 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6329 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6330 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6331 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6333 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6335 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6336 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6339 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6343 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6344 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6345 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6348 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6349 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6350 status_return even if the input is too long to
6351 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6352 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6353 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6354 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6355 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6356 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6357 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6359 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6363 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6364 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6365 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6367 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6371 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6372 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6373 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6375 /* This will have to go some day... */
6377 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6378 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6379 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6380 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6381 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6382 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6383 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6385 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6386 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6387 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6388 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6389 not it is combined with Meta. */
6390 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6391 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6396 Status status_return
;
6398 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6399 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6400 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6401 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6403 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6405 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6406 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6407 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6408 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6409 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6412 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6413 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6415 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6420 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6421 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6425 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6426 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6429 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6430 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6434 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6435 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6436 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6439 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6440 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6442 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6443 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6445 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6446 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6448 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6449 translations to characters. */
6450 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6451 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6453 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6454 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6458 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6459 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6461 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6462 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6464 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6465 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6469 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6470 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6471 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6476 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6477 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6478 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6479 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6483 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6484 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6485 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6486 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6487 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6488 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6490 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6491 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6493 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6494 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6495 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6496 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6497 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6499 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6500 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6502 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6503 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6505 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6506 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6508 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6509 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6511 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6512 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6514 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6515 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6517 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6518 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6520 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6521 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6523 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6524 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6526 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6527 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6529 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6530 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6532 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6533 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6535 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6536 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6538 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6539 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6540 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6541 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6542 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6543 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6544 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6545 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6546 don't have real modifiers but
6547 should be treated similarly to
6548 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6549 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6550 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6551 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6555 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6556 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6558 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6559 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6563 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6567 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6569 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6571 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6574 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6576 /* Decode the input data. */
6578 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6579 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6580 we used just above and the locale. */
6581 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6582 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6583 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6584 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6585 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6586 gives us composition information. */
6587 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6589 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6591 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6592 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6593 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6594 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6595 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6596 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6599 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6600 character events. */
6601 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6604 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6605 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6607 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6608 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6609 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6610 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6612 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6617 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6619 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6625 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6626 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6634 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6636 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6637 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6645 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6646 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6648 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6650 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6651 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6653 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6654 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6655 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6656 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6658 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6659 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6660 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6661 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6666 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6670 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6671 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6673 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6676 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6678 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6679 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6680 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6681 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6684 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6685 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6686 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6687 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6688 if (any_help_event_p
)
6692 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6693 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6694 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6699 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6704 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6705 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6706 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6708 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6709 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6710 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6712 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6714 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6716 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6717 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6721 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6727 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6728 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6729 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6733 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6734 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6737 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6738 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6739 will be selected only when it is active. */
6740 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6741 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6742 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6743 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6744 create event iff we don't leave the
6746 && (focus_follows_mouse
6747 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6748 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6750 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6751 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6756 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6757 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6761 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6762 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6763 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6764 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6767 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6768 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6770 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6771 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6772 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6775 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6776 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6777 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6778 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6783 case ConfigureNotify
:
6784 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6787 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6788 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6790 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6791 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6797 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6799 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6800 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6802 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6803 is called by the code that handles resizing
6804 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6806 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6807 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6808 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6809 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6810 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6811 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6812 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6814 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6815 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6816 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6819 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6820 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6821 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6825 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6826 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6827 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6828 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6831 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6835 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6836 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6845 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6846 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6849 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6850 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6851 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6853 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6855 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6856 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6858 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6861 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6866 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6867 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6868 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6871 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6872 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6874 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6875 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6877 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6879 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6880 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6881 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6882 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6887 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6888 if (! popup_activated ())
6891 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6893 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6894 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6896 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6897 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6899 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6900 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6903 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6905 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6906 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6907 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6911 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6912 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6913 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6915 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6916 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6918 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6920 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6921 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6923 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6925 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6926 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6929 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6931 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6932 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6935 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6938 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6940 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6941 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6942 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6946 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6947 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6948 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6949 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6950 Instead, save it away
6951 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6952 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6953 if (! popup_activated ()
6955 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6956 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6958 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6959 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6960 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6961 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6962 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6963 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6964 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6965 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6967 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6968 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6969 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6971 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6973 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6978 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6982 case CirculateNotify
:
6985 case CirculateRequest
:
6988 case VisibilityNotify
:
6992 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6994 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6996 case MappingModifier
:
6997 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6998 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6999 case MappingKeyboard
:
7000 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7005 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7010 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7012 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7013 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7015 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7020 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7022 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7027 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7032 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7038 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7039 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7040 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7044 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7045 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7055 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7057 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7058 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7059 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7061 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7063 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7065 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7066 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7068 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7071 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7078 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7079 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7081 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7082 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7083 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7087 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7090 int event_found
= 0;
7094 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7095 input_signal_count
++;
7097 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7098 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7100 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7101 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7105 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7110 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7113 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7114 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7119 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7120 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7122 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7130 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7131 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7132 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7133 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7135 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7136 from all displays. */
7138 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7140 current_count
= count
;
7141 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7143 gtk_main_iteration ();
7145 count
= current_count
;
7147 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7149 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7152 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7154 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7155 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7158 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7159 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7160 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7162 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7166 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7167 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7169 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7171 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7172 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7176 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7178 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7179 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7181 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7182 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7193 /***********************************************************************
7195 ***********************************************************************/
7197 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7198 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7200 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7201 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7202 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7205 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7207 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7208 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7209 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7211 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7213 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7214 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7215 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7216 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7217 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7219 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7223 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7226 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7228 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7229 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7230 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7233 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7236 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7237 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7238 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7239 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7242 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7243 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7244 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7246 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7247 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7248 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7249 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7250 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7252 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7253 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7254 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7256 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7257 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7258 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7259 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7263 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7265 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7266 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7267 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7271 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7273 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7274 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7276 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7277 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7279 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7280 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7283 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7284 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7285 the bar might not be in the window. */
7286 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7288 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7289 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7290 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7294 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7295 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7296 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7297 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7298 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7301 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7302 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7303 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7304 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7305 that the glyph is legible. */
7306 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7307 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7309 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7310 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7313 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7316 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7317 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7320 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7322 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7324 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7327 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7328 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7330 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7332 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7333 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7334 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7335 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7337 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7338 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7339 width
, row
->height
);
7343 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7346 width
= row
->height
;
7348 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7350 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7351 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7353 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7354 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7355 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7356 row
->height
- width
),
7357 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7360 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7365 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7368 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7370 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7371 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7372 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7373 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7377 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7380 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7382 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7383 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7385 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7386 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7387 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7392 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7395 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7397 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7401 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7402 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7404 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7405 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7406 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7407 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7409 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7410 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7414 switch (cursor_type
)
7416 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7417 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7420 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7421 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7425 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7429 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7433 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7442 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7443 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7444 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7449 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7456 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7459 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7461 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7463 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7466 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7467 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7468 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7469 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7474 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7475 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7476 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7478 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7479 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7480 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7484 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7485 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7491 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7492 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7495 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7497 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7499 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7503 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7506 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7507 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7511 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7512 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7516 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7517 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7518 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7519 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7520 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7522 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7525 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7526 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7532 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7533 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7536 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7538 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7543 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7544 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7546 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7547 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7550 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7551 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7552 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7553 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7558 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7560 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7561 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7563 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7564 be called from a signal handler.
7567 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7568 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7570 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7572 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7574 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7575 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7576 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7579 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7581 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7582 x_error_message
->string
,
7583 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7586 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7587 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7590 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7591 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7592 stored in *x_error_message.
7594 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7595 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7597 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7600 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7602 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7604 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7608 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7609 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7610 x_error_message
= data
;
7613 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7614 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7617 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7619 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7623 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7624 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7625 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7626 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7628 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7629 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7634 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7635 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7636 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7639 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7641 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7644 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7646 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7647 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7648 x_uncatch_errors ();
7649 error (format
, string
);
7653 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7654 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7657 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7659 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7662 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7665 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7668 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7670 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7673 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7674 * idea. --lorentey */
7675 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7678 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7680 while (x_error_message
)
7681 x_uncatch_errors ();
7686 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7689 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7694 /************************************************************************
7696 ************************************************************************/
7698 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7700 static char *error_msg
;
7702 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7703 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7706 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7708 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7709 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7710 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7712 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7713 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7715 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7716 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7720 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7722 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7723 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7726 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7727 that are on the dead display. */
7728 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7730 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7732 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7733 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7734 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7735 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7736 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7737 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7740 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7741 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7742 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7743 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7744 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7745 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7747 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7748 trying to find a replacement. */
7749 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7750 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7753 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7754 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7757 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7758 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7759 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7761 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7762 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7763 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7764 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7765 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7766 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7767 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7768 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7769 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7772 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7774 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7775 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7777 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7778 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7779 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7780 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7785 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7786 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7790 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7792 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7793 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7797 totally_unblock_input ();
7799 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7800 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7802 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7803 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7805 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7806 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7807 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7808 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7811 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7812 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7813 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7815 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7816 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7819 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7822 if (event
->error_code
== BadMatch
7823 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
7824 && event
->minor_code
== 0)
7830 if (x_error_message
)
7831 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7833 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7837 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7838 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7839 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7841 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7843 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7844 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7846 static void NO_INLINE
7847 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7849 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7851 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7852 or colors that are not defined. */
7854 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7857 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7858 original error handler. */
7860 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7861 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7862 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7863 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7867 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7868 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7869 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7872 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7876 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7877 DisplayString (display
));
7878 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7882 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7884 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7885 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7886 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7890 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7892 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7895 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7896 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7897 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7898 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7902 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7903 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7904 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7905 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7907 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7909 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7910 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7912 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7913 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7914 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7918 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7919 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7922 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7924 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7925 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7926 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7927 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7928 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7933 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7936 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7945 /***********************************************************************
7947 ***********************************************************************/
7953 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7954 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7955 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7958 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7960 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7961 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7965 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7966 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7968 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7969 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7971 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7972 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7976 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7977 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7978 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7982 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7985 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7986 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7989 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7990 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7993 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8001 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8002 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8009 XIMCallback destroy
;
8012 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8013 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8016 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8017 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8018 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8024 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8025 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8029 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8031 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8032 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8033 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8034 when the callback was registered. */
8037 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8039 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8040 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8042 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8046 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8048 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8049 as they have no XIC. */
8050 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8052 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8055 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8057 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8060 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8061 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8063 create_frame_xic (f
);
8064 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8065 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8066 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8068 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8069 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8078 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8081 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8082 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8083 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8084 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8087 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8089 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8093 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8094 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8097 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8098 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8099 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8100 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8101 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8102 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8103 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8104 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8105 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8106 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8107 least, hence the configure test. */
8108 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8109 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8110 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8111 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8113 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8117 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8120 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8125 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8126 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8127 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8129 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8130 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8131 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8132 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8133 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8134 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8135 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8136 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8138 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8141 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8145 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8146 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8149 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8151 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8153 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8154 is already for the top-left corner. */
8155 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8158 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8159 position that fits on the screen. */
8160 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8161 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8162 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8165 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8167 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8168 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8169 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8171 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8172 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8173 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8174 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8177 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8178 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8180 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8183 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8184 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8185 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8188 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8189 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8190 so the flags should correspond. */
8191 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8194 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8195 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8196 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8197 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8198 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8201 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8203 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8205 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8207 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8208 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8212 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8214 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8216 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8217 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8219 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8222 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8224 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8225 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8227 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8229 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8230 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8231 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8232 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8233 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8236 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8237 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8239 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8240 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8243 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8244 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8245 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8246 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8249 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8250 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8251 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8253 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8254 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8255 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8256 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8257 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8258 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8263 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8264 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8265 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8266 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8267 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8270 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8273 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8274 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8275 Window wmcheck_window
;
8276 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8277 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8278 long max_len
= 65536;
8279 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8280 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8281 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8285 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8286 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8287 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8288 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8289 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8290 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8292 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8294 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8295 x_uncatch_errors ();
8300 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8303 /* Check if window exists. */
8304 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8306 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8308 x_uncatch_errors ();
8313 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8315 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8316 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8317 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8318 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8319 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8320 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8322 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8324 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8325 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8326 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8327 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8328 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8330 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8332 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8333 x_uncatch_errors ();
8338 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8339 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8340 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8345 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8346 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8348 x_uncatch_errors ();
8355 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8357 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8359 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8360 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8362 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8364 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8366 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8368 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8373 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8376 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8378 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8380 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8381 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8384 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8385 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8386 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8388 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8391 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8397 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8398 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8399 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8400 long max_len
= 65536;
8401 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8402 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8403 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8406 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8409 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8410 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8411 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8412 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8413 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8415 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8417 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8418 x_uncatch_errors ();
8420 return ! f
->iconified
;
8423 x_uncatch_errors ();
8425 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8427 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8428 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8431 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8433 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8435 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8436 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8438 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8440 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8442 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8443 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8445 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8447 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8448 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8449 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8453 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8458 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8461 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8463 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8464 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8467 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8469 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8470 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8472 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8474 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8478 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8480 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8481 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8482 are sent at once. */
8483 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8485 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8486 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8487 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8488 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8489 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8490 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8492 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8493 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8494 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8495 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8496 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8497 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8498 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8500 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8501 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8502 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8503 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8504 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8505 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8506 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8508 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8509 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8510 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8511 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8512 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8514 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8515 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8516 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8518 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8519 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8522 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8526 return have_net_atom
;
8530 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8532 if (f
->async_visible
)
8535 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8543 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8545 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8548 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8553 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8556 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8559 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8562 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8567 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8568 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8573 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8574 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8576 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8578 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8581 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8582 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8584 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8585 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8586 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8588 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8590 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8591 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8593 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8595 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8596 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8597 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8598 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8599 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8601 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8602 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8604 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8605 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8608 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8613 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8614 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8615 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8616 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8617 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8618 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8619 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8622 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8624 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8626 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8627 window manager window around the frame. */
8629 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8631 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8633 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8638 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8639 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8640 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8642 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8644 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8645 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8647 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8648 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8650 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8653 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8654 frame's position. */
8656 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8660 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8661 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8662 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8663 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8664 of an exact comparison. */
8667 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8671 while (count
++ < 50)
8673 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8675 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8676 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8679 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8680 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8684 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8687 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8688 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8691 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8695 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8696 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8698 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8702 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8704 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8706 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8709 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8710 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8712 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8713 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8715 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8716 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8717 tmo
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8718 tmo_at
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), tmo
);
8720 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8722 pending_signals
= 1;
8723 totally_unblock_input ();
8724 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8726 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8731 time_now
= current_emacs_time ();
8732 if (EMACS_TIME_LT (tmo_at
, time_now
))
8735 tmo
= sub_emacs_time (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8736 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8737 break; /* Timeout */
8739 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8740 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8744 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8745 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8746 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8747 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8750 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8752 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8754 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8755 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8756 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8758 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8760 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8762 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8763 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8764 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8765 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8767 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8768 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8769 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8770 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8773 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8774 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8775 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8776 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8777 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8779 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8780 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8781 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8782 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8784 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8785 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8786 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8787 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8788 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8790 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8793 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8794 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8795 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8796 if (f
->async_visible
)
8797 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8800 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8801 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8802 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8808 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8809 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8810 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8811 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8814 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8818 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8822 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8823 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8824 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8825 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8826 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8827 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8828 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8829 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8830 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8831 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8833 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8835 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8836 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8837 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8838 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8839 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8840 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8841 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8845 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8846 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8848 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8849 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8851 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8853 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8855 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8856 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8858 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8859 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8860 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8861 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8862 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8867 /* Mouse warping. */
8870 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8874 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8875 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8877 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8878 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8880 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8881 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8885 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8886 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8890 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8893 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8897 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8898 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8902 /* Raise frame F. */
8905 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8908 if (f
->async_visible
)
8909 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8911 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8915 /* Lower frame F. */
8918 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8920 if (f
->async_visible
)
8923 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8924 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8929 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8932 xembed_request_focus (FRAME_PTR f
)
8934 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8935 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8936 if (f
->async_visible
)
8937 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8938 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8941 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8944 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8946 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8947 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8949 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8950 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8953 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8954 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8955 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8957 Fcons (make_number (1),
8958 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8964 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
8972 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8974 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8976 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8978 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8981 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8983 unsigned long data
[2];
8984 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8986 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8989 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8990 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8991 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8993 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8996 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8997 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9001 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9002 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9003 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9004 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9005 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
9006 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
9007 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9008 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9009 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9011 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9012 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9013 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9016 /* Change of visibility. */
9018 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9019 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9020 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9021 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9022 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9023 finishes with it. */
9026 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9029 int original_top
, original_left
;
9030 int retry_count
= 2;
9036 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9038 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9040 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9042 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9043 call x_set_offset a second time
9044 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9045 before the window gets really visible. */
9046 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9047 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9048 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9049 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9051 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9053 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9054 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9055 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9056 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9057 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9060 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9061 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9063 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9065 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9066 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9068 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9069 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9071 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9072 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9073 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9076 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9078 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9079 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9080 so that incoming events are handled. */
9084 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9085 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9086 will set it when they are handled. */
9087 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9089 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9090 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9092 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9095 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9097 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9098 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9099 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9100 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9102 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9103 because the window manager may choose the position
9104 and we don't want to override it. */
9106 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9107 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9108 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9109 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9110 && previously_visible
)
9114 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9118 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9119 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9120 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9121 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9122 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9123 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9124 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9125 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9126 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9128 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9129 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9130 original_left
, original_top
);
9135 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9137 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9138 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9139 MapNotify at all.. */
9140 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9141 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9143 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9146 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9147 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9148 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9149 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9150 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9152 if (input_polling_used ())
9154 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9155 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9156 handler reset it. */
9157 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9158 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9159 poll_for_input_1 ();
9160 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9163 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9164 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9169 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9173 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9174 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9175 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9176 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9178 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9183 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9185 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9188 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9192 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9193 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9195 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9196 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9197 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9201 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9202 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9203 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9204 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9205 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9206 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9209 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9210 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9213 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9214 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9219 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9220 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9223 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9227 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9228 just by the event that we get from the server.
9229 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9230 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9231 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9233 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9234 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9235 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9242 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9245 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9247 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9252 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9253 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9254 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9256 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9261 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9263 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9265 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9267 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9268 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9270 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9271 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9273 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9276 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9277 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9283 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9285 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9287 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9288 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9289 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9290 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9291 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9292 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9293 so we have to record it here. */
9296 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9297 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9302 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9303 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9304 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9308 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9310 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9311 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9315 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9317 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9319 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9320 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9321 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9322 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9323 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9324 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9326 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9327 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9329 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9330 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9334 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9335 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9336 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9337 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9338 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9340 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9341 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9343 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9347 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9351 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9353 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9355 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9357 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9358 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9361 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9362 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9364 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9366 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9370 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9373 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9375 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9376 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9377 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9379 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9384 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9385 commands to the X server. */
9386 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9388 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9389 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9391 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9392 free_frame_faces (f
);
9394 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9395 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9397 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9398 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9399 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9400 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9401 toolkit scroll bars. */
9402 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9404 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9405 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9414 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9415 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9417 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9418 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9420 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9421 we are using a toolkit. */
9422 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9423 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9425 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9426 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9429 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9430 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9432 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9433 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9434 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9436 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9437 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9438 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9439 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9440 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9441 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9443 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9444 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9445 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9446 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9447 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9448 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9449 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9450 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9451 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9452 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9453 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9454 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9455 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9456 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9457 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9460 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9463 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9464 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9465 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9467 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9468 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9469 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9470 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9471 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9472 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9474 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9476 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9477 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9478 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9479 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9480 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9481 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9488 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9491 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9493 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9495 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9496 commands to the X server. */
9497 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9498 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9500 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9504 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9506 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9507 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9508 that the window now has.
9509 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9510 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9511 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9515 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9517 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9518 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9520 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9521 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9523 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9528 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9529 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9531 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9532 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9534 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9535 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9537 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9538 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9539 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9540 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9541 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9542 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9544 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9546 int base_width
, base_height
;
9547 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9549 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9550 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9552 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9554 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9555 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9556 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9557 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9558 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9560 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9561 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9562 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9564 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9565 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9566 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9567 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9568 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9571 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9574 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9579 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9580 long supplied_return
;
9583 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9587 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9592 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9593 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9594 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9595 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9596 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9597 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9598 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9599 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9606 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9607 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9611 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9612 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9614 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9616 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9618 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9620 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9623 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9625 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9628 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9629 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9630 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9631 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9633 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9634 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9636 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9637 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9641 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9643 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9645 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9646 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9651 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9652 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9653 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9654 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9658 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9666 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9670 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9674 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9675 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9676 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9677 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9680 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9682 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9683 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9685 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9689 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9691 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9693 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9694 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9695 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9697 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9701 /***********************************************************************
9703 ***********************************************************************/
9707 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9711 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9713 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9714 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9715 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9718 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9721 /***********************************************************************
9723 ***********************************************************************/
9725 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9726 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9727 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9728 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9730 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9731 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9732 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9734 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9735 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9736 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9737 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9738 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9739 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9740 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9743 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9745 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9747 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9749 static int x_initialized
;
9751 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9752 the screen number from the server number. */
9754 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9757 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9758 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9759 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9761 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9762 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9763 length_until_period
++;
9765 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9766 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9768 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9770 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9771 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9772 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9773 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9774 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9775 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9776 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9777 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9778 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9779 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9780 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9781 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9782 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9783 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9785 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9789 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9793 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9794 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9797 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9798 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9801 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9822 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9823 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9826 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9831 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9833 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9841 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9842 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9844 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9845 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9849 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9850 the structure that describes the open display.
9851 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9853 struct x_display_info
*
9854 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9858 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9859 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9861 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9872 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9873 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9879 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9880 char **argv2
= argv
;
9883 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9885 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9889 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9890 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9892 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9896 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9898 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9900 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9901 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9904 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9905 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9907 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9909 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9910 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9911 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9913 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9914 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9915 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9916 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9918 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9919 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9920 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9922 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9924 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9927 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9931 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9933 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
9934 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9936 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9937 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9939 s
= build_string (file
);
9940 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9942 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9943 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9947 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9948 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9951 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9952 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9953 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9955 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9956 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9957 So let's not use it until R6. */
9959 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9970 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9971 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9973 turn_on_atimers (0);
9974 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9975 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9976 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9978 turn_on_atimers (1);
9981 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9986 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9987 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9988 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9989 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9990 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9992 /* Detect failure. */
9999 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10001 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10002 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10004 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10007 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10010 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10011 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10012 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10013 SSDATA (display_name
)))
10016 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10019 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
10020 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10021 kset_window_system (terminal
->kboard
, Qx
);
10023 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10024 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10025 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10026 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10027 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10029 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10031 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10033 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10034 list of terminals. */
10035 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10036 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10037 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10038 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10040 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10041 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10043 kset_system_key_alist
10045 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10046 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
10048 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10049 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10053 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10054 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10055 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10056 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10057 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10059 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10062 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10063 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10064 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10066 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10067 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10068 x_display_name_list
);
10069 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10071 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10073 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10074 terminal
->name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10075 memcpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10076 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10079 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10082 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10083 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10084 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10085 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10086 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10087 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10088 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10090 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10091 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10093 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10095 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10096 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10097 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10099 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10100 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10102 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10103 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10104 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10105 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10107 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10109 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10111 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10113 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10114 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10115 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10116 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10117 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10118 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10119 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10120 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10121 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10122 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10123 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10124 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10125 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10126 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10127 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10128 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10129 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10130 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10131 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10132 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10133 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10134 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10135 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10136 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10137 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10138 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10139 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10141 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10142 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10143 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10145 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10147 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10148 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10149 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10150 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10151 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10152 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10155 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10156 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10158 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10161 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10162 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10163 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10165 if (STRINGP (value
)
10166 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10167 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10168 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10172 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10173 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10177 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10178 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10179 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10180 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10181 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10183 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10185 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10186 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10190 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10192 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10193 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10194 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10195 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10196 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10197 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10198 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10199 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10200 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10209 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10210 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10211 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10212 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10213 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10214 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10215 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10216 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10217 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10218 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10219 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10220 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10221 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10222 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10223 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10224 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10225 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10226 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10227 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10228 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10229 { "ATOM", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM
},
10230 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10231 { "CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
},
10232 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10233 /* For properties of font. */
10234 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10235 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10236 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10237 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10238 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10239 /* Ghostscript support. */
10240 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10241 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10242 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10243 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10245 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10246 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10247 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10248 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10249 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10250 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10251 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10252 { "_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
},
10253 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10254 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10255 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10256 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10257 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10258 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10259 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10260 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10261 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10262 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10263 /* Session management */
10264 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10265 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10266 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10270 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10271 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10272 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10273 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10274 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10275 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10276 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10277 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10279 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10280 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10282 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10283 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10284 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10285 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10287 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10288 False
, atoms_return
);
10290 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10291 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10293 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10294 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10296 xfree (atom_names
);
10297 xfree (atoms_return
);
10300 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10301 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10302 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10303 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10305 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10306 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10307 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10309 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10310 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10312 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10313 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10317 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10320 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10322 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10323 if (connection
!= 0)
10324 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10327 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10328 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10330 if (interrupt_input
)
10331 init_sigio (connection
);
10335 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10338 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10339 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10340 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10341 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10342 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10343 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10344 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10345 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10346 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10348 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10349 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10350 x_uncatch_errors ();
10354 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10355 for debugging X code. */
10358 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10359 build_string ("synchronous"),
10360 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10362 if (STRINGP (value
)
10363 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10364 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10365 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10370 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10371 build_string ("useXIM"),
10372 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10375 if (STRINGP (value
)
10376 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10377 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10380 if (STRINGP (value
)
10381 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10382 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10388 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10389 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10391 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10392 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10400 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10401 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10404 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10406 struct terminal
*t
;
10408 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10410 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10411 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10414 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10415 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10416 x_session_close ();
10418 delete_terminal (t
);
10422 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10424 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10425 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10426 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10427 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10428 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10433 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10434 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10436 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10438 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10441 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10445 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10446 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10448 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10449 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10452 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10454 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10455 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10456 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10459 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10460 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10461 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10465 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10467 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10468 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10469 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10470 that slows us down. */
10473 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10476 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10477 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10479 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10480 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10481 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10482 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10487 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10488 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10489 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10490 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10491 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10492 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10493 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10496 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10499 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10501 EMACS_TIME interval
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10502 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10503 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10508 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10511 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10513 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10515 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10519 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10521 x_after_update_window_line
,
10522 x_update_window_begin
,
10523 x_update_window_end
,
10529 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10531 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10532 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10533 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10534 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10535 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10536 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10537 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10538 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10539 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10540 x_clear_frame_area
,
10541 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10542 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10543 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10547 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10549 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10551 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10553 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10554 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10555 if (!terminal
->name
)
10560 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10563 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10566 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10567 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10568 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10570 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10571 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10573 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10574 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10575 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10576 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10578 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10579 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10580 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10581 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10582 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10583 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10584 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10585 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10586 leaks in other situations. */
10588 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10589 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10591 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10593 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10594 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10595 closing all the displays. */
10596 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10600 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10602 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10603 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10605 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10607 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10610 /* Mark as dead. */
10611 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10612 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10616 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10617 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10619 static struct terminal
*
10620 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10622 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10624 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10626 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10627 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10628 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10630 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10632 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10633 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10634 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10635 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10636 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10637 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10638 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10639 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10640 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10641 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10642 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10643 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10644 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10645 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10646 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10647 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10648 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10649 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10650 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10651 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10653 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10654 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10656 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10657 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10658 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10659 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10660 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10661 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10668 x_initialize (void)
10673 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10674 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10675 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10678 current_count
= -1;
10681 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10682 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10684 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10685 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10687 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10689 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10690 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10691 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10692 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10693 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10694 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10695 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10697 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10700 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10702 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10703 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10707 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10708 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10709 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10711 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10712 original error handler. */
10713 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10714 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10719 syms_of_xterm (void)
10721 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10723 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10724 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10726 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10727 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10729 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10730 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10732 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10733 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10736 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10737 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10739 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10742 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10743 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10744 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10745 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10746 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10747 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10748 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10750 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10752 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10753 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10754 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10755 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10756 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10757 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10758 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10760 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10761 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10762 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10763 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10764 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10765 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10766 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10767 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10768 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10770 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10771 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10772 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10773 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10774 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10775 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10776 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10778 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10779 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10780 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10782 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10784 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10787 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10790 DEFVAR_BOOL ("scroll-bar-adjust-thumb-portion",
10791 scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
,
10792 doc
: /* Adjust thumb for overscrolling for Gtk+ and MOTIF.
10793 Non-nil means adjust the thumb in the scroll bar so it can be dragged downwards
10794 even if the end of the buffer is shown (i.e. overscrolling).
10795 Set to nil if you want the thumb to be at the bottom when the end of the buffer
10796 is shown. Also, the thumb fills the whole scroll bar when the entire buffer
10797 is visible. In this case you can not overscroll. */);
10798 scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
= 1;
10800 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10801 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10803 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10804 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10805 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10806 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10807 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10808 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10809 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10810 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10811 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10813 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10814 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10815 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10816 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10817 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10818 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10820 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10821 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10822 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10823 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10824 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10825 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10827 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10828 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10829 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10830 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10831 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10832 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10834 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10835 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10836 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10837 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10838 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10839 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10841 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10842 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10843 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10844 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10845 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10849 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */